Automate generate on man pages

This commit is contained in:
Nick Clifton 2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
parent 551c1ca176
commit 0285c67df1
31 changed files with 8426 additions and 8182 deletions

View File

@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
2001-03-25 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr>
* binutils.texi: Put @c man begin and @c man end indications
to generate man pages using texi2pod and pod2man. Put @c man title
to identify each man. Add SEEALSO entries.
* Makefile.am (MANCONF, TEXI2POD, POD2MAN): New variable.
(man_MANS): Add dlltool.1, nlmconv.1, readelf.1, windres.1,
sort the list.
(*.1): Build the man pages from binutils.texi.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
2001-03-13 Eric Kohl <ekohl@rz-online.de>
* defparse.y (opt_equal_name): allow "." in name.

View File

@ -52,8 +52,28 @@ DLLWRAP_PROG=dllwrap
SRCONV_PROG=srconv$(EXEEXT) sysdump$(EXEEXT) coffdump$(EXEEXT)
man_MANS = ar.1 nm.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 objcopy.1 \
addr2line.1 nlmconv.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi
man_MANS = \
addr2line.1 \
ar.1 \
dlltool.1 \
nlmconv.1 \
nm.1 \
objcopy.1 \
objdump.1 \
ranlib.1 \
readelf.1 \
size.1 \
strings.1 \
strip.1 \
windres.1 \
$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
PROGS = $(SIZE_PROG) $(OBJDUMP_PROG) $(NM_PROG) $(AR_PROG) $(STRINGS_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG) $(DEMANGLER_PROG) $(OBJCOPY_PROG) @BUILD_NLMCONV@ @BUILD_SRCONV@ @BUILD_DLLTOOL@ @BUILD_WINDRES@ $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) $(READELF_PROG) @BUILD_DLLWRAP@ @BUILD_MISC@
@ -339,6 +359,112 @@ binutils.dvi: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
binutils.info: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
# Man page generation from texinfo
$(srcdir)/addr2line.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/ar.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/nlmconv.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/nm.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/objcopy.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/objdump.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/ranlib.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/readelf.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/size.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/strings.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/strip.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/windres.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = config.texi
$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile

View File

@ -161,8 +161,14 @@ DLLWRAP_PROG = dllwrap
SRCONV_PROG = srconv$(EXEEXT) sysdump$(EXEEXT) coffdump$(EXEEXT)
man_MANS = ar.1 nm.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 objcopy.1 \
addr2line.1 nlmconv.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi
man_MANS = addr2line.1 ar.1 dlltool.1 nlmconv.1 nm.1 objcopy.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 readelf.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 windres.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
PROGS = $(SIZE_PROG) $(OBJDUMP_PROG) $(NM_PROG) $(AR_PROG) $(STRINGS_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG) $(DEMANGLER_PROG) $(OBJCOPY_PROG) @BUILD_NLMCONV@ @BUILD_SRCONV@ @BUILD_DLLTOOL@ @BUILD_WINDRES@ $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) $(READELF_PROG) @BUILD_DLLWRAP@ @BUILD_MISC@
@ -184,24 +190,15 @@ MKDEP = gcc -MM
INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR) @HDEFINES@ -I$(srcdir)/../intl -I../intl -DLOCALEDIR="\"$(prefix)/share/locale\""
HFILES = arsup.h bucomm.h budbg.h coffgrok.h debug.h nlmconv.h dlltool.h \
windres.h winduni.h
HFILES = arsup.h bucomm.h budbg.h coffgrok.h debug.h nlmconv.h dlltool.h windres.h winduni.h
GENERATED_HFILES = arparse.h sysroff.h sysinfo.h defparse.h rcparse.h
CFILES = addr2line.c ar.c arsup.c bucomm.c coffdump.c coffgrok.c debug.c \
dlltool.c filemode.c ieee.c is-ranlib.c is-strip.c maybe-ranlib.c \
maybe-strip.c nlmconv.c nm.c not-ranlib.c not-strip.c \
objcopy.c objdump.c prdbg.c rdcoff.c rddbg.c size.c srconv.c \
stabs.c strings.c sysdump.c version.c wrstabs.c \
windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c winduni.c readelf.c \
resres.c dllwrap.c rename.c
CFILES = addr2line.c ar.c arsup.c bucomm.c coffdump.c coffgrok.c debug.c dlltool.c filemode.c ieee.c is-ranlib.c is-strip.c maybe-ranlib.c maybe-strip.c nlmconv.c nm.c not-ranlib.c not-strip.c objcopy.c objdump.c prdbg.c rdcoff.c rddbg.c size.c srconv.c stabs.c strings.c sysdump.c version.c wrstabs.c windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c winduni.c readelf.c resres.c dllwrap.c rename.c
GENERATED_CFILES = \
underscore.c arparse.c arlex.c sysroff.c sysinfo.c syslex.c \
defparse.c deflex.c nlmheader.c rcparse.c rclex.c
GENERATED_CFILES = underscore.c arparse.c arlex.c sysroff.c sysinfo.c syslex.c defparse.c deflex.c nlmheader.c rcparse.c rclex.c
DEBUG_SRCS = rddbg.c debug.c stabs.c ieee.c rdcoff.c
@ -218,29 +215,12 @@ LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a
POTFILES = $(CFILES) $(DEBUG_SRCS) $(HFILES)
EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then \
echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \
else echo expect ; fi`
EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; else echo expect ; fi`
RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then \
echo ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \
else echo runtest ; fi`
RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then echo ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; else echo runtest ; fi`
CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
else \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
fi; \
else \
if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
echo $(CC); \
else \
echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; \
fi; \
fi`
CC_FOR_TARGET = ` if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; else echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; fi; else if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then echo $(CC); else echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; fi; fi`
info_TEXINFOS = binutils.texi
@ -285,26 +265,22 @@ sysdump_SOURCES = sysdump.c $(BULIBS)
nlmconv_SOURCES = nlmconv.c nlmheader.y $(BULIBS)
windres_SOURCES = windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c rcparse.y rclex.l \
winduni.c resres.c $(BULIBS)
windres_SOURCES = windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c rcparse.y rclex.l winduni.c resres.c $(BULIBS)
windres_LDADD = $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) @LEXLIB@ $(INTLLIBS)
dllwrap_SOURCES = dllwrap.c version.c
dllwrap_LDADD = $(LIBIBERTY) $(INTLLIBS)
DISTSTUFF = arparse.c arparse.h arlex.c nlmheader.c sysinfo.c sysinfo.h \
syslex.c deflex.c defparse.h defparse.c rclex.c rcparse.h rcparse.c
DISTSTUFF = arparse.c arparse.h arlex.c nlmheader.c sysinfo.c sysinfo.h syslex.c deflex.c defparse.h defparse.c rclex.c rcparse.h rcparse.c
DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-under sysinfo underscore.c sysroff.c sysroff.h \
site.exp site.bak
DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-under sysinfo underscore.c sysroff.c sysroff.h site.exp site.bak
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = config.texi
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = sysinfo $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 binutils.log binutils.sum \
abcdefgh*
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = sysinfo $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 binutils.log binutils.sum abcdefgh*
CLEANFILES = dep.sed DEP DEPA DEP1 DEP2
@ -930,7 +906,7 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
cp -pr $$/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
@ -1232,6 +1208,112 @@ binutils.dvi: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
binutils.info: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
# Man page generation from texinfo
$(srcdir)/addr2line.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/ar.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/nlmconv.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/nm.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/objcopy.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/objdump.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/ranlib.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/readelf.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/size.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/strings.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/strip.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/windres.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
touch $@
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $< > $@.pod
-($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
rm -f $@.pod
$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile
sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' < $(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man \
> $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1

View File

@ -1,503 +1,301 @@
.\" Copyright 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
..
.SH NAME
addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B addr2line
.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
.I bfdname\c
.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c
.I bfdname\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
.I filename\c
.RB " | " "\-\-exe="\c
.I filename\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-functions "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-basenames "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-H | \-\-help "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-V | \-\-version "\|]"
.RB "[\|" addr addr ... "\|]"
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
\c
.B addr2line
translates program addresses into file names and line numbers. Given
an address and an executable, it uses the debugging information in the
executable to figure out which file name and line number are
associated with a given address.
The executable to use is specified with the
.B \-e
option. The default is
.B a.out\c
\&.
.B addr2line
has two modes of operation.
In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
and
.B addr2line
displays the file name and line number for each address.
In the second,
.B addr2line
reads hexadecimal addresses from standard input, and prints the file
name and line number for each address on standard output. In this
mode,
.B addr2line
may be used in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
The format of the output is FILENAME:LINENO. The file name and line
number for each address is printed on a separate line. If the
.B \-f
option is used, then each FILENAME:LINENO line is preceded by a
FUNCTIONNAME line which is the name of the function containing the
address.
If the file name or function name can not be determined,
.B addr2line
will print two question marks in their place. If the line number can
not be determined,
.B addr2line
will print 0.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c
.TP
.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
Specify the object-code format for the object files to be
\c
.I bfdname\c
\&.
.TP
.B \-C
.TP
.B \-\-demangle
Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
makes C++ function names readable.
.TP
.BI "\-e " "filename"\c
.TP
.BI "\-\-exe=" "filename"
Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
translated. The default file is
.B a.out\c
\&.
.TP
.B \-f
.TP
.B \-\-functions
Display function names as well as file and line number information.
.TP
.B \-s
.TP
.B \-\-basenames
Display only the base of each file name.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH ADDR2LINE.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
addr2line [ \-b \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-C | --demangle[=\fIstyle\fR ]
[ \-e \fIfilename\fR | --exe=\fIfilename\fR ]
[ \-f | --functions ] [ \-s | --basename ]
[ \-H | --help ] [ \-V | --version ]
[ addr addr ... ]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWaddr2line\fR translates program addresses into file names and line
numbers. Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging
information in the executable to figure out which file name and line
number are associated with a given address.
.PP
The executable to use is specified with the \f(CW-e\fR option. The
default is the file \fIa.out\fR.
.PP
\f(CWaddr2line\fR has two modes of operation.
.PP
In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
and \f(CWaddr2line\fR displays the file name and line number for each
address.
.PP
In the second, \f(CWaddr2line\fR reads hexadecimal addresses from
standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
address on standard output. In this mode, \f(CWaddr2line\fR may be used
in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
.PP
The format of the output is \fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR. The file name and
line number for each address is printed on a separate line. If the
\f(CW-f\fR option is used, then each \fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR line is
preceded by a \fBFUNCTIONNAME\fR line which is the name of the function
containing the address.
.PP
If the file name or function name can not be determined,
\f(CWaddr2line\fR will print two question marks in their place. If the
line number can not be determined, \f(CWaddr2line\fR will print 0.
.SH "OPTIONS"
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent.
.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
\fIbfdname\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-C\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR" 4
Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
.Ip "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--exe=\fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
translated. The default file is \fIa.out\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-f\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--functions\fR" 4
Display function names as well as file and line number information.
.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--basenames\fR" 4
Display only the base of each file name.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "ADDR2LINE.1 1"
.IX Name "addr2line - convert addresses into file names and line numbers."
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-C\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--exe=\fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-f\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--functions\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--basenames\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -28,15 +28,17 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@end ifinfo
@ifinfo
@c man begin COPYRIGHT
Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
@c man end
@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
@ -173,11 +175,16 @@ section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
@kindex ar
@cindex archives
@cindex collections of files
@c man title ar create, modify, and extract from archives
@smallexample
ar [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
ar -M [ <mri-script ]
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION ar
The @sc{gnu} @code{ar} program creates, modifies, and extracts from
archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file holding a collection of
other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
@ -222,6 +229,8 @@ specify the single command-line option @samp{-M}, you can control it
with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI ``librarian''
program.
@c man end
@menu
* ar cmdline:: Controlling @code{ar} on the command line
* ar scripts:: Controlling @code{ar} with a script
@ -232,7 +241,9 @@ program.
@section Controlling @code{ar} on the command line
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS ar
ar [-X32_64] [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@cindex Unix compatibility, @code{ar}
@ -244,6 +255,8 @@ arguments to execute: one keyletter specifying the @emph{operation}
Most operations can also accept further @var{member} arguments,
specifying particular files to operate on.
@c man begin OPTIONS ar
@sc{gnu} @code{ar} allows you to mix the operation code @var{p} and modifier
flags @var{mod} in any order, within the first command-line argument.
@ -455,6 +468,14 @@ default for GNU @code{ar}. @code{ar} does not support any of the other
@code{-X} options; in particular, it does not support @code{-X32}
which is the default for AIX @code{ar}.
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO ar
nm(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node ar scripts
@section Controlling @code{ar} with a script
@ -632,7 +653,10 @@ The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is now described in a separate manual.
@cindex symbols
@kindex nm
@c man title nm list symbols from object files
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS nm
nm [ -a | --debug-syms ] [ -g | --extern-only ]
[ -B ] [ -C | --demangle[=@var{style}] ] [ -D | --dynamic ]
[ -s | --print-armap ] [ -A | -o | --print-file-name ]
@ -642,8 +666,10 @@ nm [ -a | --debug-syms ] [ -g | --extern-only ]
[ --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -f @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ]
[ --defined-only ] [-l | --line-numbers ] [ --no-demangle ]
[ -V | --version ] [ -X 32_64 ] [ --help ] [ @var{objfile}@dots{} ]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION nm
@sc{gnu} @code{nm} lists the symbols from object files @var{objfile}@dots{}.
If no object files are listed as arguments, @code{nm} assumes the file
@file{a.out}.
@ -674,8 +700,11 @@ The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as BSS).
The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When
linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the
symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
references. For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of
references.
@ifclear man
For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of
--warn-common in @ref{Options,,Linker options,ld.info,The GNU linker}.
@end man
@item D
The symbol is in the initialized data section.
@ -732,6 +761,9 @@ The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
The symbol name.
@end itemize
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS nm
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent.
@ -869,10 +901,21 @@ to @code{-X 32}, which is not supported by @sc{gnu} @code{nm}.
Show a summary of the options to @code{nm} and exit.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO nm
ar(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node objcopy
@chapter objcopy
@c man title objcopy copy and translate object files
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS objcopy
objcopy [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
@ -902,8 +945,10 @@ objcopy [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ --redefine-sym @var{old}=@var{new} ] [ --weaken ]
[ -v | --verbose ] [ -V | --version ] [ --help ]
@var{infile} [@var{outfile}]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION objcopy
The @sc{gnu} @code{objcopy} utility copies the contents of an object
file to another. @code{objcopy} uses the @sc{gnu} @sc{bfd} Library to
read and write the object files. It can write the destination object
@ -939,6 +984,10 @@ files. If the input format has an endianness, (some formats do not),
@code{objcopy} can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the
same endianness or which have no endianness (eg @samp{srec}).
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS objcopy
@table @code
@item @var{infile}
@itemx @var{outfile}
@ -1203,13 +1252,24 @@ archives, @samp{objcopy -V} lists all members of the archive.
Show a summary of the options to @code{objcopy}.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO objcopy
ld(1), objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node objdump
@chapter objdump
@cindex object file information
@kindex objdump
@c man title objdump display information from object files.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS objdump
objdump [ -a | --archive-headers ]
[ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -C | --demangle[=@var{style}] ]
@ -1244,8 +1304,11 @@ objdump [ -a | --archive-headers ]
[ -V | --version ]
[ -H | --help ]
@var{objfile}@dots{}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION objdump
@code{objdump} displays information about one or more object files.
The options control what particular information to display. This
information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
@ -1256,6 +1319,10 @@ program to compile and work.
specify archives, @code{objdump} shows information on each of the member
object files.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS objdump
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent. At least one option from the list
@samp{-a,-d,-D,-f,-g,-G,-h,-H,-p,-r,-R,-S,-t,-T,-V,-x} must be given.
@ -1481,8 +1548,11 @@ ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
@code{.stab} debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an ELF
section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the @samp{--syms}
output. For more information on stabs symbols, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs
output.
@ifclear man
For more information on stabs symbols, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs
Overview,stabs.info, The ``stabs'' debug format}.
@end ifclear
@item --start-address=@var{address}
@cindex start-address
@ -1525,6 +1595,14 @@ relocation entries. Using @samp{-x} is equivalent to specifying all of
Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO objdump
nm(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node ranlib
@chapter ranlib
@ -1532,10 +1610,16 @@ Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
@cindex archive contents
@cindex symbol index
@c man title ranlib generate index to archive.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS ranlib
ranlib [-vV] @var{archive}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION ranlib
@code{ranlib} generates an index to the contents of an archive and
stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a
member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
@ -1550,6 +1634,10 @@ The @sc{gnu} @code{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @code{ar}; runnin
@code{ranlib} is completely equivalent to executing @samp{ar -s}.
@xref{ar}.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS ranlib
@table @code
@item -v
@itemx -V
@ -1557,19 +1645,33 @@ The @sc{gnu} @code{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @code{ar}; runnin
Show the version number of @code{ranlib}.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO ranlib
ar(1), nm(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node size
@chapter size
@kindex size
@cindex section sizes
@c man title size list section sizes and total size.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS size
size [ -A | -B | --format=@var{compatibility} ]
[ --help ] [ -d | -o | -x | --radix=@var{number} ]
[ --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -V | --version ]
[ @var{objfile}@dots{} ]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION size
The @sc{gnu} @code{size} utility lists the section sizes---and the total
size---for each of the object or archive files @var{objfile} in its
argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each
@ -1578,6 +1680,10 @@ object file or each module in an archive.
@var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined.
If none are specified, the file @code{a.out} will be used.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS size
The command line options have the following meanings:
@table @code
@ -1653,6 +1759,14 @@ automatically recognize many formats.
Display the version number of @code{size}.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO size
ar(1), objdump(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node strings
@chapter strings
@kindex strings
@ -1660,13 +1774,19 @@ Display the version number of @code{size}.
@cindex printing strings
@cindex strings, printing
@c man title strings print the strings of printable characters in files.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS strings
strings [-afov] [-@var{min-len}] [-n @var{min-len}] [-t @var{radix}] [-]
[--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=@var{min-len}]
[--radix=@var{radix}] [--target=@var{bfdname}]
[--help] [--version] @var{file}@dots{}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION strings
For each @var{file} given, @sc{gnu} @code{strings} prints the printable
character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
@ -1677,6 +1797,10 @@ the strings from the whole file.
@code{strings} is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
files.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS strings
@table @code
@item -a
@itemx --all
@ -1718,6 +1842,15 @@ Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO strings
ar(1), nm(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), readelf(1)
and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node strip
@chapter strip
@ -1726,7 +1859,10 @@ Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
@cindex discarding symbols
@cindex symbols, discarding
@c man title strip Discard symbols from object files.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS strip
strip [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
@ -1738,8 +1874,11 @@ strip [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -o @var{file} ] [ -p | --preserve-dates ]
[ -v | --verbose ] [ -V | --version ] [ --help ]
@var{objfile}@dots{}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION strip
@sc{gnu} @code{strip} discards all symbols from object files
@var{objfile}. The list of object files may include archives.
At least one object file must be given.
@ -1747,6 +1886,10 @@ At least one object file must be given.
@code{strip} modifies the files named in its argument,
rather than writing modified copies under different names.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS strip
@table @code
@item -F @var{bfdname}
@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
@ -1825,20 +1968,34 @@ Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
archives, @samp{strip -v} lists all members of the archive.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO strip
the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node c++filt, addr2line, strip, Top
@chapter c++filt
@kindex c++filt
@cindex demangling C++ symbols
@c man title cxxfilt Demangle C++ and Java symbols.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS cxxfilt
c++filt [ -_ | --strip-underscores ]
[ -j | --java ]
[ -n | --no-strip-underscores ]
[ -s @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ]
[ --help ] [ --version ] [ @var{symbol}@dots{} ]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION cxxfilt
@kindex cxxfilt
The C++ and Java languages provides function overloading, which means
that you can write many functions with the same name (providing each
@ -1866,6 +2023,10 @@ If no @var{symbol} arguments are given, @code{c++filt} reads symbol
names from the standard input and writes the demangled names to the
standard output. All results are printed on the standard output.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS cxxfilt
@table @code
@item -_
@itemx --strip-underscores
@ -1911,6 +2072,14 @@ Print a summary of the options to @code{c++filt} and exit.
Print the version number of @code{c++filt} and exit.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO cxxfilt
the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} @code{c++filt} is a new utility, and the details of its
user interface are subject to change in future releases. In particular,
@ -1935,15 +2104,21 @@ c++filt @var{option} @var{symbol}
@kindex addr2line
@cindex address to file name and line number
@c man title addr2line convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS addr2line
addr2line [ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -C | --demangle[=@var{style} ]
[ -e @var{filename} | --exe=@var{filename} ]
[ -f | --functions ] [ -s | --basename ]
[ -H | --help ] [ -V | --version ]
[ addr addr ... ]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION addr2line
@code{addr2line} translates program addresses into file names and line
numbers. Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging
information in the executable to figure out which file name and line
@ -1973,6 +2148,10 @@ If the file name or function name can not be determined,
@code{addr2line} will print two question marks in their place. If the
line number can not be determined, @code{addr2line} will print 0.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS addr2line
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent.
@ -2007,6 +2186,14 @@ Display function names as well as file and line number information.
Display only the base of each file name.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO addr2line
Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node nlmconv
@chapter nlmconv
@ -2027,15 +2214,21 @@ with the above formats.}.
utilities, since it is only useful for NLM targets.
@end quotation
@c man title nlmconv converts object code into an NLM.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS nlmconv
nlmconv [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
[ -T @var{headerfile} | --header-file=@var{headerfile} ]
[ -d | --debug] [ -l @var{linker} | --linker=@var{linker} ]
[ -h | --help ] [ -V | --version ]
@var{infile} @var{outfile}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION nlmconv
@code{nlmconv} converts the relocatable @samp{i386} object file
@var{infile} into the NetWare Loadable Module @var{outfile}, optionally
reading @var{headerfile} for NLM header information. For instructions
@ -2044,14 +2237,20 @@ on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the
Development and Tools Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software
Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc.
@code{nlmconv} uses the @sc{gnu} Binary File Descriptor library to read
@var{infile}; see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for
more information.
@var{infile};
@ifclear man
see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for more information.
@end ifclear
@code{nlmconv} can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
In this case, @code{nlmconv} calls the linker for you.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS nlmconv
@table @code
@item -I @var{bfdname}
@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
@ -2092,6 +2291,14 @@ Prints a usage summary.
Prints the version number for @code{nlmconv}.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO nlmconv
the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node windres
@chapter windres
@ -2102,10 +2309,16 @@ Prints the version number for @code{nlmconv}.
utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets.
@end quotation
@c man title windres manipulate Windows resources.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS windres
windres [options] [input-file] [output-file]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION windres
@code{windres} reads resources from an input file and copies them into
an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
@ -2148,6 +2361,10 @@ to convert it to a COFF object file, and then link the COFF file into
your application. This will make the resources described in the
@code{rc} file available to Windows.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS windres
@table @code
@item -i @var{filename}
@itemx --input @var{filename}
@ -2233,6 +2450,13 @@ If @code{windres} is compiled with @code{YYDEBUG} defined as @code{1},
this will turn on parser debugging.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO windres
the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node dlltool
@chapter Create files needed to build and use DLLs
@ -2247,7 +2471,10 @@ dynamic link libraries (DLLs).
utilities, since it is only useful for those targets which support DLLs.
@end quotation
@c man title dlltool Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS dlltool
dlltool [-d|--input-def @var{def-file-name}]
[-b|--base-file @var{base-file-name}]
[-e|--output-exp @var{exports-file-name}]
@ -2263,8 +2490,11 @@ dlltool [-d|--input-def @var{def-file-name}]
[-x|--no-idata4] [-c|--no-idata5] [-i|--interwork]
[-n|--nodelete] [-v|--verbose] [-h|--help] [-V|--version]
[object-file @dots{}]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION dlltool
@code{dlltool} reads its inputs, which can come from the @samp{-d} and
@samp{-b} options as well as object files specified on the command
line. It then processes these inputs and if the @samp{-e} option has
@ -2329,6 +2559,10 @@ that uses that DLL:
gcc program.o dll.lib -o program
@end smallexample
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS dlltool
The command line options have the following meanings:
@table @code
@ -2478,13 +2712,24 @@ Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO dlltool
the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node readelf
@chapter readelf
@cindex ELF file information
@kindex readelf
@c man title readelf Displays information about ELF files.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS readelf
readelf [ -a | --all ]
[ -h | --file-header]
[ -l | --program-headers | --segments]
@ -2503,8 +2748,11 @@ readelf [ -a | --all ]
[ -v | --version]
[ -H | --help]
@var{elffile}@dots{}
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin DESCRIPTION readelf
@code{readelf} displays information about one or more ELF format object
files. The options control what particular information to display.
@ -2512,6 +2760,10 @@ files. The options control what particular information to display.
moment, @code{readelf} does not support examining archives, nor does it
support examing 64 bit ELF files.
@c man end
@c man begin OPTIONS readelf
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent. At least one option besides @samp{-v} or @samp{-H} must be
given.
@ -2612,6 +2864,13 @@ Display the command line options understood by @code{readelf}.
@end table
@c man end
@ignore
@c man begin SEEALSO readelf
objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
@c man end
@end ignore
@node Selecting The Target System
@chapter Selecting the target system

View File

@ -1,114 +1,327 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH @PROGRAM@ 1 "June 1993" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.3 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.SH NAME
@PROGRAM@ \- demangle C++ symbols
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B @PROGRAM@
.RB "[\|" \-_ | \-\-strip-underscores "\|]"
.RB "[\|" "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm} " | " \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm}" "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
.RB "[\|" symbol "...\|]"
.SH DESCRIPTION
The C++ language provides function overloading, which means that you can
write many functions with the same name (providing each takes parameters
of different types). All C++ function names are encoded into a
low-level assembly label (this process is known as
.I mangling\c
). The
.B @PROGRAM@
program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR)
low-level names into user-level names so that the linker can keep
these overloaded functions from clashing.
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH CXXFILT.MAN 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
cxxfilt \- Demangle \*(C+ and Java symbols.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
c++filt [ \-_ | --strip-underscores ]
[ \-j | --java ]
[ \-n | --no-strip-underscores ]
[ \-s \fIformat\fR | --format=\fIformat\fR ]
[ --help ] [ --version ] [ \fIsymbol\fR... ]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
The \*(C+ and Java languages provides function overloading, which means
that you can write many functions with the same name (providing each
takes parameters of different types). All \*(C+ and Java function names
are encoded into a low-level assembly label (this process is known as
\fImangling\fR). The \f(CWc++filt\fR
[1]
program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR) low-level
names into user-level names so that the linker can keep these overloaded
functions from clashing.
.PP
Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential label. If the
label decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level
label decodes into a \*(C+ name, the \*(C+ name replaces the low-level
name in the output.
.PP
You can use
.B @PROGRAM@
to decipher individual symbols by specifying these symbols on the
command line.
You can use \f(CWc++filt\fR to decipher individual symbols:
.PP
If no
.B symbol
arguments are given,
.B @PROGRAM@
reads symbol names from the standard input and writes the demangled
names to the standard output. All results are printed on the standard
output.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B \-_
.TP
.B \-\-strip\-underscores
On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an
underscore in front of every name. For example, the C name
.B foo
gets the low-level name
.BR _foo .
This option removes the leading underscore.
.TP
.B "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm}"
.TP
.B \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm}
GNU
.B nm
can decode three different methods of mangling, used by different C++
compilers. This option selects which method it uses: the one used by
the GNU compiler, the one used by the Lucid compiler, or the one
specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual. The default is the
GNU style.
.TP
.B \-\-help
Print a summary of the options to
.B @PROGRAM@
and exit.
.TP
.B \-\-version
Print the version number of
.B @PROGRAM@
and exit.
.Vb 2
\&
\& c++filt I<symbol>
.Ve
If no \fIsymbol\fR arguments are given, \f(CWc++filt\fR reads symbol
names from the standard input and writes the demangled names to the
standard output. All results are printed on the standard output.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-_\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--strip-underscores\fR" 4
On some systems, both the C and \*(C+ compilers put an underscore in front
of every name. For example, the C name \f(CWfoo\fR gets the low-level
name \f(CW_foo\fR. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether
\f(CWc++filt\fR removes the underscore by default is target dependent.
.Ip "\f(CW-j\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--java\fR" 4
Prints demangled names using Java syntax. The default is to use \*(C+
syntax.
.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--no-strip-underscores\fR" 4
Do not remove the initial underscore.
.Ip "\f(CW-s \fIformat\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--format=\fIformat\fR\fR" 4
\s-1GNU\s0 \f(CWnm\fR can decode three different methods of mangling, used by
different \*(C+ compilers. The argument to this option selects which
method it uses:
.Ip "\f(CWgnu\fR" 8
the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler (the default method)
.Ip "\f(CWlucid\fR" 8
the one used by the Lucid compiler
.Ip "\f(CWarm\fR" 8
the one specified by the \*(C+ Annotated Reference Manual
.Ip "\f(CWhp\fR" 8
the one used by the \s-1HP\s0 compiler
.Ip "\f(CWedg\fR" 8
the one used by the \s-1EDG\s0 compiler
.Ip "\f(CWgnu-new-abi\fR" 8
the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler with the new \s-1ABI\s0.
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Print a summary of the options to \f(CWc++filt\fR and exit.
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Print the version number of \f(CWc++filt\fR and exit.
.SH "FOOTNOTES"
.Ip "1." 4
\s-1MS\s0\-\s-1DOS\s0 does not allow \f(CW+\fR characters in file names, so on
\s-1MS\s0\-\s-1DOS\s0 this program is named \f(CWcxxfilt\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993).
the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "CXXFILT.MAN 1"
.IX Name "cxxfilt - Demangle C++ and Java symbols."
.IX Header "NAME"
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IX Item "\f(CW-_\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-underscores\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-j\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--java\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-strip-underscores\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-s \fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--format=\fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWgnu\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWlucid\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWarm\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWhp\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWedg\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWgnu-new-abi\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
.IX Item "1."
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
the original English.

509
binutils/dlltool.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH DLLTOOL.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
dlltool \- Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
dlltool [\-d|--input-def \fIdef-file-name\fR]
[\-b|--base-file \fIbase-file-name\fR]
[\-e|--output-exp \fIexports-file-name\fR]
[\-z|--output-def \fIdef-file-name\fR]
[\-l|--output-lib \fIlibrary-file-name\fR]
[--export-all-symbols] [--no-export-all-symbols]
[--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR]
[--no-default-excludes]
[\-S|--as \fIpath-to-assembler\fR] [\-f|--as-flags \fIoptions\fR]
[\-D|--dllname \fIname\fR] [\-m|--machine \fImachine\fR]
[\-a|--add-indirect] [\-U|--add-underscore] [\-k|--kill-at]
[\-A|--add-stdcall-alias]
[\-x|--no-idata4] [\-c|--no-idata5] [\-i|--interwork]
[\-n|--nodelete] [\-v|--verbose] [\-h|--help] [\-V|--version]
[object-file ...]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWdlltool\fR reads its inputs, which can come from the \fB\-d\fR and
\fB\-b\fR options as well as object files specified on the command
line. It then processes these inputs and if the \fB\-e\fR option has
been specified it creates a exports file. If the \fB\-l\fR option
has been specified it creates a library file and if the \fB\-z\fR option
has been specified it creates a def file. Any or all of the \-e, \-l
and \-z options can be present in one invocation of dlltool.
.PP
When creating a DLL, along with the source for the DLL, it is necessary
to have three other files. \f(CWdlltool\fR can help with the creation of
these files.
.PP
The first file is a \fB.def\fR file which specifies which functions are
exported from the DLL, which functions the DLL imports, and so on. This
is a text file and can be created by hand, or \f(CWdlltool\fR can be used
to create it using the \fB\-z\fR option. In this case \f(CWdlltool\fR
will scan the object files specified on its command line looking for
those functions which have been specially marked as being exported and
put entries for them in the .def file it creates.
.PP
In order to mark a function as being exported from a DLL, it needs to
have an \fB\-export:<name_of_function>\fR entry in the \fB.drectve\fR
section of the object file. This can be done in C by using the
\fIasm()\fR operator:
.PP
.Vb 5
\&
\& asm (".section .drectve");
\& asm (".ascii \e"-export:my_func\e"");
\&
\& int my_func (void) { ... }
.Ve
The second file needed for DLL creation is an exports file. This file
is linked with the object files that make up the body of the DLL and it
handles the interface between the DLL and the outside world. This is a
binary file and it can be created by giving the \fB\-e\fR option to
\f(CWdlltool\fR when it is creating or reading in a .def file.
.PP
The third file needed for DLL creation is the library file that programs
will link with in order to access the functions in the DLL. This file
can be created by giving the \fB\-l\fR option to dlltool when it
is creating or reading in a .def file.
.PP
\f(CWdlltool\fR builds the library file by hand, but it builds the
exports file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements
and then assembling these. The \fB\-S\fR command line option can be
used to specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use,
and the \fB\-f\fR option can be used to pass specific flags to that
assembler. The \fB\-n\fR can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting
these temporary assembler files when it is done, and if \fB\-n\fR is
specified twice then this will prevent dlltool from deleting the
temporary object files it used to build the library.
.PP
Here is an example of creating a DLL from a source file \fBdll.c\fR and
also creating a program (from an object file called \fBprogram.o\fR)
that uses that DLL:
.PP
.Vb 5
\&
\& gcc -c dll.c
\& dlltool -e exports.o -l dll.lib dll.o
\& gcc dll.o exports.o -o dll.dll
\& gcc program.o dll.lib -o program
.Ve
.SH "OPTIONS"
The command line options have the following meanings:
.Ip "\f(CW-d \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--input-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name of a .def file to be read in and processed.
.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--base-file \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The
contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in the
exports file generated by dlltool.
.Ip "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-exp \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool.
.Ip "\f(CW-z \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name of the .def file to be created by dlltool.
.Ip "\f(CW-l \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-lib \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool.
.Ip "\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR" 4
Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object
files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols which
are not exported by default; see the \f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR
option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using the
\f(CW--exclude-symbols\fR option.
.Ip "\f(CW--no-export-all-symbols\fR" 4
Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input .def file or in
\&\fB.drectve\fR sections in the input object files. This is the default
behaviour. The \fB.drectve\fR sections are created by \fBdllexport\fR
attributes in the source code.
.Ip "\f(CW--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR\fR" 4
Do not export the symbols in \fIlist\fR. This is a list of symbol names
separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should not
contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when
\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used.
.Ip "\f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR" 4
When \f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used, it will by default avoid
exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to avoid
exporting is \fBDllMain@12\fR, \fBDllEntryPoint@0\fR,
\fBimpure_ptr\fR. You may use the \f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR option
to go ahead and export these special symbols. This is only meaningful
when \f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used.
.Ip "\f(CW-S \fIpath\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--as \fIpath\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be used
to create the exports file.
.Ip "\f(CW-f \fIswitches\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--as-flags \fIswitches\fR\fR" 4
Specifies any specific command line switches to be passed to the
assembler when building the exports file. This option will work even if
the \fB\-S\fR option is not used. This option only takes one argument,
and if it occurs more than once on the command line, then later
occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if it is necessary to
pass multiple switches to the assembler they should be enclosed in
double quotes.
.Ip "\f(CW-D \fIname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--dll-name \fIname\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the name to be stored in the .def file as the name of the \s-1DLL\s0
when the \fB\-e\fR option is used. If this option is not present, then
the filename given to the \fB\-e\fR option will be used as the name of
the \s-1DLL\s0.
.Ip "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-machine \fImachine\fR\fR" 4
Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be
built. \f(CWdlltool\fR has a built in default type, depending upon how
it was created, but this option can be used to override that. This is
normally only useful when creating DLLs for an \s-1ARM\s0 processor, when the
contents of the \s-1DLL\s0 are actually encode using \s-1THUMB\s0 instructions.
.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--add-indirect\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
should add a section which allows the exported functions to be
referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell that
means!
.Ip "\f(CW-U\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--add-underscore\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
should prepend an underscore to the names of the exported functions.
.Ip "\f(CW-k\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--kill-at\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
should not append the string \fB@ <number>\fR. These numbers are
called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing the
function in a \s-1DLL\s0, other than by name.
.Ip "\f(CW-A\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--add-stdcall-alias\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
should add aliases for stdcall symbols without \fB@ <number>\fR
in addition to the symbols with \fB@ <number>\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--no-idata4\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
files it should omit the .idata4 section. This is for compatibility
with certain operating systems.
.Ip "\f(CW-c\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--no-idata5\fR" 4
Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
files it should omit the .idata5 section. This is for compatibility
with certain operating systems.
.Ip "\f(CW-i\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--interwork\fR" 4
Specifies that \f(CWdlltool\fR should mark the objects in the library
file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking
between \s-1ARM\s0 and \s-1THUMB\s0 code.
.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--nodelete\fR" 4
Makes \f(CWdlltool\fR preserve the temporary assembler files it used to
create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool will
also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create the library
file.
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--verbose\fR" 4
Make dlltool describe what it is doing.
.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "DLLTOOL.1 1"
.IX Name "dlltool - Create files needed to build and use DLLs."
.IX Header "NAME"
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IX Item "\f(CW-d \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--input-def \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--base-file \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-exp \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-z \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-def \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-l \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-lib \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-export-all-symbols\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-S \fIpath\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--as \fIpath\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-f \fIswitches\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--as-flags \fIswitches\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-D \fIname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--dll-name \fIname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-machine \fImachine\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--add-indirect\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-U\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--add-underscore\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-k\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--kill-at\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-A\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--add-stdcall-alias\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-idata4\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-c\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-idata5\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-i\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--interwork\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--nodelete\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--verbose\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"

View File

@ -1,472 +1,301 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH nlmconv 1 "March 1996" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
..
.SH NAME
nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B nlmconv
.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fB\ |\ \-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fB\ |\ \-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-T\ \fIheaderfile\fB\ |\ \-\-header\-file=\fIheaderfile\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]"
.B infile
.B outfile
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B nlmconv
converts the relocatable object file
.B infile
into the NetWare Loadable Module
.BR outfile ,
optionally reading
.I headerfile
for NLM header information. For instructions on writing the NLM
command file language used in header files, see
.IR "The NetWare Tool Maker Specification Manual" ,
available from Novell, Inc.
.B nlmconv
currently works with i386 object files in
.BR COFF ,
.BR ELF ,
or
.B a.out
format, and with SPARC object files in
.B ELF
or
.B a.out
format.
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.B nlmconv
uses the GNU Binary File Descriptor library to read
.IR infile .
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname
Consider the source file's object format to be
.IR bfdname ,
rather than attempting to deduce it.
.TP
.B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname
Write the output file using the object format
.IR bfdname .
.B nlmconv
infers the output format based on the input format, e.g. for an i386
input file the output format is
.IR nlm32\-i386 .
.TP
.B \-T \fIheaderfile\fR, \fB\-\-header\-file=\fIheaderfile
Reads
.I headerfile
for NLM header information. For instructions on writing the NLM
command file language used in header files, see
.IR "The NetWare Tool Maker Specification Manual" ,
available from Novell, Inc.
.TP
.B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version
Show the version number of
.B nlmconv
and exit.
.TP
.B \-h\fR, \fB\-\-help
Show a summary of the options to
.B nlmconv
and exit.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993).
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documenation License. That license is described in the GNU Free
Documentation License section.
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH NLMCONV.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
nlmconv [ \-I \fIbfdname\fR | --input-target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-O \fIbfdname\fR | --output-target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-T \fIheaderfile\fR | --header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR ]
[ \-d | --debug] [ \-l \fIlinker\fR | --linker=\fIlinker\fR ]
[ \-h | --help ] [ \-V | --version ]
\fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWnlmconv\fR converts the relocatable \fBi386\fR object file
\fIinfile\fR into the NetWare Loadable Module \fIoutfile\fR, optionally
reading \fIheaderfile\fR for NLM header information. For instructions
on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the
\fBlinkers\fR section, \fBNLMLINK\fR in particular, of the \fINLM
Development and Tools Overview\fR, which is part of the NLM Software
Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc.
\f(CWnlmconv\fR uses the GNU Binary File Descriptor library to read
\fIinfile\fR;
.PP
\f(CWnlmconv\fR can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
In this case, \f(CWnlmconv\fR calls the linker for you.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Object format of the input file. \f(CWnlmconv\fR can usually determine
the format of a given file (so no default is necessary).
.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Object format of the output file. \f(CWnlmconv\fR infers the output
format based on the input format, e.g. for a \fBi386\fR input file the
output format is \fBnlm32-i386\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-T \fIheaderfile\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR\fR" 4
Reads \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions on
writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see see the
\fBlinkers\fR section, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0 Development and Tools
Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software Developer's Kit, available
from Novell, Inc.
.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--debug\fR" 4
Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by \f(CWnlmconv\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-l \fIlinker\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--linker=\fIlinker\fR\fR" 4
Use \fIlinker\fR for any linking. \fIlinker\fR can be an absolute or a
relative pathname.
.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Prints a usage summary.
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Prints the version number for \f(CWnlmconv\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "NLMCONV.1 1"
.IX Name "nlmconv - converts object code into an NLM."
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR\fR"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-T \fIheaderfile\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--debug\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-l \fIlinker\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--linker=\fIlinker\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

View File

@ -1,589 +1,264 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000
.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
..
.SH NAME
nm \- list symbols from object files.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B nm
.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-debug\-syms "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-g | \-\-extern\-only "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-B "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-dynamic "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-print\-armap "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-o | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-n | \-\-numeric\-sort "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-no\-sort "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reverse\-sort "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-size\-sort "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-u | \-\-undefined\-only "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
.RB "[\|" "\-t \fIradix" | \-\-radix=\fIradix "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-P | --portability "\|]"
.RB "[\|" "\-f \fIformat" | \-\-format=\fIformat "\|]"
.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \c
.I objfile\c
\&.\|.\|.\|]
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
GNU \c
.B nm\c
\& lists the symbols from object files \c
.I objfile\c
\&. If no object files are given as arguments, \c
.B nm\c
\& assumes `\|\c
.B a.out\c
\|'.
.SH OPTIONS
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent.
.TP
.B \-A
.TP
.B \-o
.TP
.B \-\-print\-file\-name
Precede each symbol by the name of the input file where it was found,
rather than identifying the input file once only before all of its
symbols.
.TP
.B \-a
.TP
.B \-\-debug\-syms
Display debugger-only symbols; normally these are not listed.
.TP
.B \-B
The same as
.B \-\-format=bsd
(for compatibility with the MIPS \fBnm\fP).
.TP
.B \-C
.TP
.B \-\-demangle
Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
makes C++ function names readable.
.TP
.B \-D
.TP
.B \-\-dynamic
Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is
only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
libraries.
.TP
.B "\-f \fIformat"
Use the output format \fIformat\fP, which can be ``bsd'',
``sysv'', or ``posix''. The default is ``bsd''.
Only the first character of \fIformat\fP is significant; it can be
either upper or lower case.
.TP
.B \-g
.TP
.B \-\-extern\-only
Display only external symbols.
.TP
.B \-n
.TP
.B \-v
.TP
.B \-\-numeric\-sort
Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, not alphabetically by their
names.
.TP
.B \-p
.TP
.B \-\-no\-sort
Don't bother to sort the symbols in any order; just print them in the
order encountered.
.TP
.B \-P
.TP
.B \-\-portability
Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
Equivalent to ``\-f posix''.
.TP
.B \-s
.TP
.B \-\-print\-armap
When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
(stored in the archive by \c
.B ar\c
\& or \c
.B ranlib\c
\&) of what modules
contain definitions for what names.
.TP
.B \-r
.TP
.B \-\-reverse\-sort
Reverse the sense of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
last come first.
.TP
.B \-\-size\-sort
Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference between
the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
value. The size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value.
.TP
.B "\-t \fIradix"
.TP
.B "\-\-radix=\fIradix"
Use \fIradix\fP as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be
``d'' for decimal, ``o'' for octal, or ``x'' for hexadecimal.
.TP
.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
See
.BR objdump ( 1 ),
for information on listing available formats.
.TP
.B \-u
.TP
.B \-\-undefined\-only
Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
.TP
.B \-l
.TP
.B \-\-line\-numbers
For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line
number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number
information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
.TP
.B \-V
.TP
.B \-\-version
Show the version number of
.B nm
and exit.
.TP
.B \-\-help
Show a summary of the options to
.B nm
and exit.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
.BR objdump ( 1 ),
.BR ranlib "(" 1 ")."
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH NM.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
nm \- list symbols from object files
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
nm [ \-a | --debug-syms ] [ \-g | --extern-only ]
[ \-B ] [ \-C | --demangle[=\fIstyle\fR] ] [ \-D | --dynamic ]
[ \-s | --print-armap ] [ \-A | \-o | --print-file-name ]
[ \-n | \-v | --numeric-sort ] [ \-p | --no-sort ]
[ \-r | --reverse-sort ] [ --size-sort ] [ \-u | --undefined-only ]
[ \-t \fIradix\fR | --radix=\fIradix\fR ] [ \-P | --portability ]
[ --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] [ \-f \fIformat\fR | --format=\fIformat\fR ]
[ --defined-only ] [\-l | --line-numbers ] [ --no-demangle ]
[ \-V | --version ] [ \-X 32_64 ] [ --help ] [ \fIobjfile\fR... ]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
GNU \f(CWnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR....
If no object files are listed as arguments, \f(CWnm\fR assumes the file
\fIa.out\fR.
.PP
For each symbol, \f(CWnm\fR shows:
.Ip "\(bu" 4
The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
hexadecimal by default.
.Ip "\(bu" 4
The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as
well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is
local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external).
.Ip "\f(CWA\fR" 8
The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
linking.
.Ip "\f(CWB\fR" 8
The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as \s-1BSS\s0).
.Ip "\f(CWC\fR" 8
The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When
linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the
symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
references.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.Sp
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "NM.1 1"
.IX Name "nm - list symbols from object files"
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\(bu"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\(bu"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CWA\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWB\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWC\fR"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,441 +1,247 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH ranlib 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.SH NAME
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH RANLIB.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
ranlib \- generate index to archive.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.B ranlib \c
.RB "[\|" \-v | \-V "\|]"
.I archive\c
\&
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B ranlib
generates an index to the contents of an archive, and
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
ranlib [\-vV] \fIarchive\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and
stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a
member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
.PP
You may use
.RB ` "nm \-s" '
or
.RB ` "nm \-\-print-armap" '
to list this index.
You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm --print-armap\fR to list this index.
.PP
An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
their placement in the archive.
.PP
The GNU
.B ranlib
program is another form of GNU
.BR ar ;
running
.B ranlib
is completely equivalent to executing
.RB ` "ar \-s" '.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B \-v
Print the version number of
.B ranlib
and exit.
The GNU \f(CWranlib\fR program is another form of GNU \f(CWar\fR; running
\f(CWranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Show the version number of \f(CWranlib\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
.BR nm "(" 1 ")."
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "RANLIB.1 1"
.IX Name "ranlib - generate index to archive."
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

389
binutils/readelf.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH READELF.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
readelf \- Displays information about ELF files.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
readelf [ \-a | --all ]
[ \-h | --file-header]
[ \-l | --program-headers | --segments]
[ \-S | --section-headers | --sections]
[ \-e | --headers]
[ \-s | --syms | --symbols]
[ \-n | --notes]
[ \-r | --relocs]
[ \-u | --unwind]
[ \-d | --dynamic]
[ \-V | --version-info]
[ \-D | --use-dynamic]
[ \-x <number> | --hex-dump=<number>]
[ \-w[liaprf] | --debug-dump[=info,=line,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]]
[ --histogram]
[ \-v | --version]
[ \-H | --help]
\fIelffile\fR...
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWreadelf\fR displays information about one or more ELF format object
files. The options control what particular information to display.
.PP
\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined. At the
moment, \f(CWreadelf\fR does not support examining archives, nor does it
support examing 64 bit ELF files.
.SH "OPTIONS"
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent. At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be
given.
.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--all\fR" 4
Equivalent to specifiying \fB--file-header\fR,
\fB--program-headers\fR, \fB--sections\fR, \fB--symbols\fR,
\fB--relocs\fR, \fB--dynamic\fR, \fB--notes\fR and
\fB--version-info\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--file-header\fR" 4
Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the
file.
.Ip "\f(CW-l\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--program-headers\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--segments\fR" 4
Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it
has any.
.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--sections\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--section-headers\fR" 4
Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it
has any.
.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--symbols\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--syms\fR" 4
Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one.
.Ip "\f(CW-e\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--headers\fR" 4
Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--notes\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segment, if it exists.
.Ip "\f(CW-r\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--relocs\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one.
.Ip "\f(CW-u\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--unwind\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only
the unwind sections for \s-1IA64\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 files are currently supported.
.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--dynamic\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version-info\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
exist.
.Ip "\f(CW-D\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--use-dynamic\fR" 4
When displaying symbols, this option makes \f(CWreadelf\fR use the
symbol table in the file's dynamic section, rather than the one in the
symbols section.
.Ip "\f(CW-x <number>\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--hex-dump=<number>\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal dump.
.Ip "\f(CW-w[liaprf]\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--debug-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]\fR" 4
Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
.Ip "\f(CW--histogram\fR" 4
Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents
of the symbol tables.
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Display the version number of readelf.
.Ip "\f(CW-H\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Display the command line options understood by \f(CWreadelf\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
\fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "READELF.1 1"
.IX Name "readelf - Displays information about ELF files."
.IX Header "NAME"
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--all\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--file-header\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-l\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--program-headers\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--segments\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--sections\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--section-headers\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--symbols\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--syms\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-e\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--headers\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--notes\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-r\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--relocs\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-u\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--unwind\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--dynamic\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version-info\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-D\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--use-dynamic\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-x <number>\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--hex-dump=<number>\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-w[liaprf]\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--debug-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--histogram\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-H\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"

View File

@ -1,520 +1,315 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 2000
.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
..
.SH NAME
size \- list section sizes and total size.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B size
.RB "[\|" \-A \||\| \-B \||\| \c
.BI "\-\-format=" compatibility\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-d \||\| \-o \||\| \-x\c
\||\|\c
.BI "\-\-radix=" number\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \c
.BI "\-\-target=" bfdname\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \-V \||\| \-\-version "\|]"
.I objfile\c
\&.\|.\|.
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
The GNU \c
.B size\c
\& utility lists the section sizes\(em\&and the total
size\(em\&for each of the object files
.I objfile
in its argument list.
By default, one line of output is generated for each object file or each
module in an archive.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B \-A
.TP
.B \-B
.TP
.BI "\-\-format " "compatibility"
Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from GNU
\c
.B size\c
\& resembles output from System V \c
.B size\c
\& (using `\|\c
.B \-A\c
\|',
or `\|\c
.B \-\-format=sysv\c
\|'), or Berkeley \c
.B size\c
\& (using `\|\c
.B \-B\c
\|', or
`\|\c
.B \-\-format=berkeley\c
\|'). The default is the one-line format similar to
Berkeley's.
.TP
.B \-\-help
Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
.TP
.B \-d
.TP
.B \-o
.TP
.B \-x
.TP
.BI "\-\-radix " "number"
Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
section is given in decimal (`\|\c
.B \-d\c
\|', or `\|\c
.B \-\-radix 10\c
\|'); octal
(`\|\c
.B \-o\c
\|', or `\|\c
.B \-\-radix 8\c
\|'); or hexadecimal (`\|\c
.B \-x\c
\|', or
`\|\c
.B \-\-radix 16\c
\|'). In `\|\c
.B \-\-radix \c
.I number\c
\&\c
\|', only the three
values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two
radices; decimal and hexadecimal for `\|\c
.B \-d\c
\|' or `\|\c
.B \-x\c
\|' output, or
octal and hexadecimal if you're using `\|\c
.B \-o\c
\|'.
.TP
.BI "\-\-target " "bfdname"
You can specify a particular object-code format for \c
.I objfile\c
\& as
\c
.I bfdname\c
\&. This may not be necessary; \c
.I size\c
\& can
automatically recognize many formats. See
.BR objdump ( 1 )
for information
on listing available formats.
.TP
.B \-V
.TP
.B \-\-version
Display version number information on \c
.B size\c
\& itself.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.BR info ;
.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
.BR objdump ( 1 ).
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH SIZE.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
size \- list section sizes and total size.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
size [ \-A | \-B | --format=\fIcompatibility\fR ]
[ --help ] [ \-d | \-o | \-x | --radix=\fInumber\fR ]
[ --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] [ \-V | --version ]
[ \fIobjfile\fR... ]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
The GNU \f(CWsize\fR utility lists the section sizes---and the total
size---for each of the object or archive files \fIobjfile\fR in its
argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each
object file or each module in an archive.
.PP
\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined.
If none are specified, the file \f(CWa.out\fR will be used.
.SH "OPTIONS"
The command line options have the following meanings:
.Ip "\f(CW-A\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-B\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--format=\fIcompatibility\fR\fR" 4
Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0
\f(CWsize\fR resembles output from System V \f(CWsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR,
or \fB--format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \f(CWsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or
\fB--format=berkeley\fR). The default is the one-line format similar to
Berkeley's.
.Sp
Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
\f(CWsize\fR:
$ size --format=Berkeley ranlib size
text data bss dec hex filename
294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib
294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size
.Sp
This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
.Sp
.Vb 16
\&
\& $ size --format=SysV ranlib size
\& ranlib :
\& section size addr
\& .text 294880 8192
\& .data 81920 303104
\& .bss 11592 385024
\& Total 388392
\&
\&
\& size :
\& section size addr
\& .text 294880 8192
\& .data 81920 303104
\& .bss 11888 385024
\& Total 388688
.Ve
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-o\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--radix=\fInumber\fR\fR" 4
Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB--radix=10\fR); octal
(\fB\-o\fR, or \fB--radix=8\fR); or hexadecimal (\fB\-x\fR, or
\fB--radix=16\fR). In \fB--radix=\fR\fInumber\fR, only the three
values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two
radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or
octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is
\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \f(CWsize\fR can
automatically recognize many formats.
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Display the version number of \f(CWsize\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "SIZE.1 1"
.IX Name "size - list section sizes and total size."
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-A\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-B\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--format=\fIcompatibility\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-o\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--radix=\fInumber\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

View File

@ -1,509 +1,297 @@
.\" Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
..
.SH NAME
strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B strings
.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\c
.RB | \-\-all "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-o "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-v | \-\-version "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-n
.I min\-len\c
.RI | \-min\-len\c
.RB | "\-\-bytes="\c
.I min\-len\c
\&\|]
.RB "[\|" \-t
.I {o,x,d}\c
.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
.RB | "\-\-radix="\c
.I {o,x,d}\c
\&\|]
.I file\c
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
For each
.I file
given, GNU \c
.B strings
prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4
characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are
followed by an unprintable character. By default, it only prints the
strings from the initialized and loaded sections of object files; for
other types of files, it prints the strings from the whole file.
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.7 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
.B strings
is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text files.
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.SH OPTIONS
The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
equivalent.
.TP
.B \-a
.TP
.B \-\-all
.TP
.B \-
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH STRINGS.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
strings [\-afov] [\-\fImin-len\fR] [\-n \fImin-len\fR] [\-t \fIradix\fR] [\-]
[--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=\fImin-len\fR]
[--radix=\fIradix\fR] [--target=\fIbfdname\fR]
[--help] [--version] \fIfile\fR...
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
For each \fIfile\fR given, GNU \f(CWstrings\fR prints the printable
character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
character. By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
the strings from the whole file.
.PP
\f(CWstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
files.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--all\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-\fR" 4
Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
scan the whole files.
.TP
.B \-f
.TP
.B \-\-print\-file\-name
.Ip "\f(CW-f\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--print-file-name\fR" 4
Print the name of the file before each string.
.TP
.B \-\-help
Print a summary of the options to
.B strings
on the standard output and exit.
.TP
.B \-v
.TP
.B \-\-version
Print the version number
of
.B strings
on the standard output and exit.
.TP
.B "\-n \fImin\-len\fP"
.TP
.B "\-\fImin\-len\fP"
.TP
.B "\-\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP"
Print sequences of characters that are at least
.I min\-len
characters long, instead of the default 4.
.TP
.BR "\-t " {o,x,d}
.TP
.BR "\-\-radix=" {o,x,d}
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
.Ip "\f(CW-\fImin-len\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-n \fImin-len\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--bytes=\fImin-len\fR\fR" 4
Print sequences of characters that are at least \fImin-len\fR characters
long, instead of the default 4.
.Ip "\f(CW-o\fR" 4
Like \fB\-t o\fR. Some other versions of \f(CWstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR
act like \fB\-t d\fR instead. Since we can not be compatible with both
ways, we simply chose one.
.Ip "\f(CW-t \fIradix\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--radix=\fIradix\fR\fR" 4
Print the offset within the file before each string. The single
character argument specifies the radix of the offset\(emoctal,
hexadecimal, or decimal.
.TP
.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
character argument specifies the radix of the offset---\fBo\fR for
octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal.
.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
See
.BR objdump ( 1 ),
for information on listing available formats.
.TP
.B \-o
Like
.BR "\-t o" .
.PP
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.B
info\c
\&;
.I
The GNU Binary Utilities\c
\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
.BR ar ( 1 ),
.BR nm ( 1 ),
.BR objdump ( 1 ),
.BR ranlib ( 1 ).
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1)
and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "STRINGS.1 1"
.IX Name "strings - print the strings of printable characters in files."
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--all\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-f\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--print-file-name\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-\fImin-len\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-n \fImin-len\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--bytes=\fImin-len\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-o\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-t \fIradix\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--radix=\fIradix\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

View File

@ -1,544 +1,358 @@
.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000
.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
.TH strip 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
.de BP
.sp
.ti \-.2i
\(**
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.6 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.SH NAME
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH STRIP.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
strip \- Discard symbols from object files.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B strip
.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fP "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-s\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-o\ \fIfile\fR "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-version "\|]"
.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-help "\|]"
.I objfile\c
\&.\|.\|.
.SH DESCRIPTION
GNU
.B strip
discards all symbols from the object files
.IR objfile .
The list of object files may include archives.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
strip [ \-F \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-I \fIbfdname\fR | --input-target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-O \fIbfdname\fR | --output-target=\fIbfdname\fR ]
[ \-s | --strip-all ] [ \-S | \-g | --strip-debug ]
[ \-K \fIsymbolname\fR | --keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ]
[ \-N \fIsymbolname\fR | --strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ]
[ \-x | --discard-all ] [ \-X | --discard-locals ]
[ \-R \fIsectionname\fR | --remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR ]
[ \-o \fIfile\fR ] [ \-p | --preserve-dates ]
[ \-v | --verbose ] [ \-V | --version ] [ --help ]
\fIobjfile\fR...
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
GNU \f(CWstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files
\fIobjfile\fR. The list of object files may include archives.
At least one object file must be given.
.P
.B strip
modifies the files named in its argument,
.PP
\f(CWstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument,
rather than writing modified copies under different names.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B "\-F \fIbfdname"
.TP
.B "\-\-target=\fIbfdname"
Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object
code format \fIbfdname\fP, and rewrite it in the same format.
.TP
.B \-\-help
Show a summary of the options to
.B strip
and exit.
.TP
.B "\-I \fIbfdname
.TP
.B "\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname"
Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object
code format \fIbfdname\fP.
.TP
.B "\-O \fIbfdname\fP"
.TP
.B "\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname"
Replace \fIobjfile\fP with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fP.
.TP
.B "\-R \fIsectionname\fP"
.TP
.B "\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname"
Remove the named section from the file. This option may be given more
than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the
object file unusable.
.TP
.B \-s
.TP
.B \-\-strip\-all
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format.
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Show a summary of the options to \f(CWstrip\fR and exit.
.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
code format \fIbfdname\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4
Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4
Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This
option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--strip-all\fR" 4
Remove all symbols.
.TP
.B \-S
.TP
.B \-g
.TP
.B \-\-strip\-debug
.Ip "\f(CW-g\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR" 4
Remove debugging symbols only.
.TP
.B \-\-strip\-unneeded
Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
.TP
.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR
.TP
.B \-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip
options.
.TP
.B \-o \fIfile\fR
.Ip "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR" 4
Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
.Ip "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4
Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may
be given more than once.
.Ip "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4
Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be
given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
\f(CW-K\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-o \fIfile\fR\fR" 4
Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the
existing file. When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR
argument may be specified.
.TP
.B \-p
.TP
.B \-\-preserve-dates
.Ip "\f(CW-p\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR" 4
Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
.TP
.B \-x
.TP
.B \-\-discard\-all
.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--discard-all\fR" 4
Remove non-global symbols.
.TP
.B \-X
.TP
.B \-\-discard\-locals
.Ip "\f(CW-X\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR" 4
Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
(These usually start with ``L'' or ``.''.)
.TP
.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
may be given more than once.
.TP
.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options
other than \fB\-K\fR.
.TP
.B \-v
.TP
.B \-\-verbose
(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Show the version number for \f(CWstrip\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--verbose\fR" 4
Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
archives,
.B "strip \-v"
lists all members of the archive.
.TP
.B \-V
.TP
.B \-\-version
Show the version number for \fBstrip\fP and exit.
archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
entry in
.BR info ;
.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the
sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be
obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License
\" Version 1.1, March 2000
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "STRIP.1 1"
.IX Name "strip - Discard symbols from object files."
\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
\" copies of this license document, but changing it is
\" not allowed.
\" .PP
\" 0. PREAMBLE
\" .PP
\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
\" modifications made by others.
\" .PP
\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
\" license designed for free software.
\" .PP
\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
\" .PP
\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
\" .PP
\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
\" addressed as "you".
\" .PP
\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
\" modifications and/or translated into another language.
\" .PP
\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
\" them.
\" .PP
\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
\" that says that the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
\" the Document is released under this License.
\" .PP
\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the
\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
\" .PP
\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
\" processing tools are not generally available, and the
\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
\" purposes only.
\" .PP
\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
\" .PP
\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
\" .PP
\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
\" you may publicly display copies.
\" .PP
\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
\" .PP
\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
\" as verbatim copying in other respects.
\" .PP
\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
\" pages.
\" .PP
\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
\" the public.
\" .PP
\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
\" .PP
\" 4. MODIFICATIONS
\" .PP
\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
\" .PP
\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
\" .PP
\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
\" .PP
\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
\" Modified Version, as the publisher.
\" .PP
\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
\" .PP
\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
\" adjacent to the other copyright notices.
\" .PP
\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
\" .PP
\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
\" .PP
\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
\" Version as stated in the previous sentence.
\" .PP
\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
\" .PP
\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
\" and/or dedications given therein.
\" .PP
\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
\" .PP
\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
\" may not be included in the Modified Version.
\" .PP
\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
\" .PP
\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
\" .PP
\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
\" standard.
\" .PP
\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
\" .PP
\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
\" .PP
.IX Header "NAME"
\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
\" license notice.
\" .PP
\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
\" .PP
\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
\" entitled "Endorsements."
\" .PP
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
\" .PP
\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
\" .PP
\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
\" .PP
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
\" .PP
\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
\" .PP
\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
\" .PP
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
\" 8. TRANSLATION
\" .PP
\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
\" translation of this License provided that you also include the
\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
\" between the translation and the original English version of this
\" License, the original English version will prevail.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR"
\" 9. TERMINATION
\" .PP
\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
\" parties remain in full compliance.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
\" .PP
\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
\" .PP
\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
\" .PP
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-all\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-g\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-o \fIfile\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-p\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-all\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-X\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--verbose\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
\" .PP
\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and
\" license notices just after the title page:
\" .PP
\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU
\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
\" version published by the Free Software Foundation;
\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license
\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
\" Documentation License".
\" .PP
\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
\" .PP
\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
\" to permit their use in free software.

377
binutils/windres.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
.rn '' }`
''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
'''
''' $Log$
''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc
''' Automate generate on man pages
'''
'''
.de Sh
.br
.if t .Sp
.ne 5
.PP
\fB\\$1\fR
.PP
..
.de Sp
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Ip
.br
.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
.el .ne 3
.IP "\\$1" \\$2
..
.de Vb
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve
.ft R
.fi
..
'''
'''
''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
''' string Tr holds user defined translation string.
''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
'''
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
.ie n \{\
.ds -- \(*W-
.ds PI pi
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
.ds L" ""
.ds R" ""
''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
''' double-quote interpretation
.ds M" """
.ds S" """
.ds N" """""
.ds T" """""
.ds L' '
.ds R' '
.ds M' '
.ds S' '
.ds N' '
.ds T' '
'br\}
.el\{\
.ds -- \(em\|
.tr \*(Tr
.ds L" ``
.ds R" ''
.ds M" ``
.ds S" ''
.ds N" ``
.ds T" ''
.ds L' `
.ds R' '
.ds M' `
.ds S' '
.ds N' `
.ds T' '
.ds PI \(*p
'br\}
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
.\" index entries out stderr for the following things:
.\" TH Title
.\" SH Header
.\" Sh Subsection
.\" Ip Item
.\" X<> Xref (embedded
.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself
.\" in some meaninful fashion.
.if \nF \{
.de IX
.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.nr % 0
.rr F
.\}
.TH WINDRES.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU"
.UC
.if n .hy 0
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font
.ft CW
'if n "\c
'if t \\&\\$1\c
'if n \\&\\$1\c
'if n \&"
\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
'.ft R
..
.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
. \" AM - accent mark definitions
.bd B 3
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds ? ?
. ds ! !
. ds /
. ds q
.\}
.if t \{\
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
. \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
. ds _ \h'-1'^
. ds . \h'-1'.
. ds 3 3
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
. ds oe oe
. ds Oe OE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.SH "NAME"
windres \- manipulate Windows resources.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
windres [options] [input-file] [output-file]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
\f(CWwindres\fR reads resources from an input file and copies them into
an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
.Ip "\f(CWrc\fR" 4
A text format read by the Resource Compiler.
.Ip "\f(CWres\fR" 4
A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler.
.Ip "\f(CWcoff\fR" 4
A \s-1COFF\s0 object or executable.
.PP
The exact description of these different formats is available in
documentation from Microsoft.
.PP
When \f(CWwindres\fR converts from the \f(CWrc\fR format to the \f(CWres\fR
format, it is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When
\f(CWwindres\fR converts from the \f(CWres\fR format to the \f(CWcoff\fR
format, it is acting like the Windows \f(CWCVTRES\fR program.
.PP
When \f(CWwindres\fR generates an \f(CWrc\fR file, the output is similar
but not identical to the format expected for the input. When an input
\f(CWrc\fR file refers to an external filename, an output \f(CWrc\fR file
will instead include the file contents.
.PP
If the input or output format is not specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will
guess based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents.
A file with an extension of \fI.rc\fR will be treated as an \f(CWrc\fR
file, a file with an extension of \fI.res\fR will be treated as a
\f(CWres\fR file, and a file with an extension of \fI.o\fR or
\&\fI.exe\fR will be treated as a \f(CWcoff\fR file.
.PP
If no output file is specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will print the resources
in \f(CWrc\fR format to standard output.
.PP
The normal use is for you to write an \f(CWrc\fR file, use \f(CWwindres\fR
to convert it to a \s-1COFF\s0 object file, and then link the \s-1COFF\s0 file into
your application. This will make the resources described in the
\f(CWrc\fR file available to Windows.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.Ip "\f(CW-i \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--input \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then
\f(CWwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument as the input file
name. If there are no non-option arguments, then \f(CWwindres\fR will
read from standard input. \f(CWwindres\fR can not read a \s-1COFF\s0 file from
standard input.
.Ip "\f(CW-o \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4
The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then
\f(CWwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument, after any used
for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no
non-option argument, then \f(CWwindres\fR will write to standard output.
\f(CWwindres\fR can not write a \s-1COFF\s0 file to standard output.
.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIformat\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--input-format \fIformat\fR\fR" 4
The input format to read. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR, \fBrc\fR, or
\fBcoff\fR. If no input format is specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will
guess, as described above.
.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIformat\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--output-format \fIformat\fR\fR" 4
The output format to generate. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR,
\fBrc\fR, or \fBcoff\fR. If no output format is specified,
\f(CWwindres\fR will guess, as described above.
.Ip "\f(CW-F \fItarget\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--target \fItarget\fR\fR" 4
Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a \s-1COFF\s0 file as input or output. This
is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \f(CW--help\fR option to see a list
of supported targets. Normally \f(CWwindres\fR will use the default
format, which is the first one listed by the \f(CW--help\fR option.
\f(CW@ref\fR{Target Selection}.
.Ip "\f(CW--preprocessor \fIprogram\fR\fR" 4
When \f(CWwindres\fR reads an \f(CWrc\fR file, it runs it through the C
preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the preprocessor
to use, including any leading arguments. The default preprocessor
argument is \f(CWgcc -E -xc-header -DRC_INVOKED\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW--include-dir \fIdirectory\fR\fR" 4
Specify an include directory to use when reading an \f(CWrc\fR file.
\f(CWwindres\fR will pass this to the preprocessor as an \f(CW-I\fR
option. \f(CWwindres\fR will also search this directory when looking for
files named in the \f(CWrc\fR file.
.Ip "\f(CW-D \fItarget\fR\fR" 4
.Ip "\f(CW--define \fIsym\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR" 4
Specify a \f(CW-D\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
\f(CWrc\fR file.
.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4
Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if you
didn't specify one.
.Ip "\f(CW--language \fIval\fR\fR" 4
Specify the default language to use when reading an \f(CWrc\fR file.
\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are
the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage.
.Ip "\f(CW--use-temp-file\fR" 4
Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output of
the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation is buggy
on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions of Windows 95 and
Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where the output will instead
go the console).
.Ip "\f(CW--no-use-temp-file\fR" 4
Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the preprocessor.
This is the default behaviour.
.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4
Prints a usage summary.
.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4
Prints the version number for \f(CWwindres\fR.
.Ip "\f(CW--yydebug\fR" 4
If \f(CWwindres\fR is compiled with \f(CWYYDEBUG\fR defined as \f(CW1\fR,
this will turn on parser debugging.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R".
.rn }` ''
.IX Title "WINDRES.1 1"
.IX Name "windres - manipulate Windows resources."
.IX Header "NAME"
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Item "\f(CWrc\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWres\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CWcoff\fR"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IX Item "\f(CW-i \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--input \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-o \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output \fIfilename\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--input-format \fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--output-format \fIformat\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-F \fItarget\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--target \fItarget\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--preprocessor \fIprogram\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--include-dir \fIdirectory\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-D \fItarget\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--define \fIsym\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--language \fIval\fR\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--use-temp-file\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--no-use-temp-file\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR"
.IX Item "\f(CW--yydebug\fR"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"

View File

@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
2001-03-25 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr>
* texi2pod.pl: New file (from gcc/contrib).
1999-04-01 Jim Blandy <jimb@zwingli.cygnus.com>
* add-log.el, add-log.vi: New files.

View File

@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
2001-03-23 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr>
* doc/as.texinfo: Put @c man begin to generate the as man page.
When generating man, define all the variables. Re-organize some
options to obtain better indentation of man page.
* doc/Makefile.am (MANCONF, TEXI2POD, POD2MAN): New variable.
(as.1): Build from as.texinfo.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerate.Index: binutils/Makefile.am
2001-03-25 Alan Modra <alan@linuxcare.com.au>
* config/tc-i386.c (i386_scale): Accept an absolute expression for

View File

@ -8424,7 +8424,38 @@ arm_frob_label (sym)
ARM_SET_INTERWORK (sym, support_interwork);
#endif
if (label_is_thumb_function_name)
/* Note - do not allow local symbols (.Lxxx) to be labeled
as Thumb functions. This is because these labels, whilst
they exist inside Thumb code, are not the entry points for
possible ARM->Thumb calls. Also, these labels can be used
as part of a computed goto or switch statement. eg gcc
can generate code that looks like this:
ldr r2, [pc, .Laaa]
lsl r3, r3, #2
ldr r2, [r3, r2]
mov pc, r2
.Lbbb: .word .Lxxx
.Lccc: .word .Lyyy
..etc...
.Laaa: .word Lbbb
The first instruction loads the address of the jump table.
The second instruction converts a table index into a byte offset.
The third instruction gets the jump address out of the table.
The fourth instruction performs the jump.
If the address stored at .Laaa is that of a symbol which has the
Thumb_Func bit set, then the linker will arrange for this address
to have the bottom bit set, which in turn would mean that the
address computation performed by the third instruction would end
up with the bottom bit set. Since the ARM is capable of unaligned
word loads, the instruction would then load the incorrect address
out of the jump table, and chaos would ensue. */
if (label_is_thumb_function_name
&& (S_GET_NAME (sym)[0] != '.' || S_GET_NAME (sym)[1] != 'L')
&& (bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) & SEC_CODE) != 0)
{
/* When the address of a Thumb function is taken the bottom
bit of that address should be set. This will allow

View File

@ -5,6 +5,13 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
CONFIG=all
# Options to extract the man page from as.texinfo
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(top_srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
man_MANS = as.1
info_TEXINFOS = as.texinfo gasp.texi
@ -55,3 +62,17 @@ noinst_TEXINFOS = internals.texi
DISTCLEANFILES = asconfig.texi
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = gasver.texi
# Maintenance
# Build the man page from the texinfo file
# The sed command removes the no-adjust Nroff command so that
# the man output looks standard.
$(srcdir)/as.1: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo
touch $(srcdir)/as.1
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) < $(srcdir)/as.texinfo > as.pod
-($(POD2MAN) as.pod | \
sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ $(srcdir)/as.1) || \
(rm -f $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ && exit 1)

View File

@ -121,35 +121,18 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
CONFIG = all
# Options to extract the man page from as.texinfo
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(top_srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
man_MANS = as.1
info_TEXINFOS = as.texinfo gasp.texi
CPU_DOCS = \
c-a29k.texi \
c-arc.texi \
c-arm.texi \
c-d10v.texi \
c-h8300.texi \
c-h8500.texi \
c-hppa.texi \
c-i370.texi \
c-i386.texi \
c-i860.texi \
c-i960.texi \
c-m32r.texi \
c-m68hc11.texi \
c-m68k.texi \
c-mips.texi \
c-ns32k.texi \
c-pdp11.texi \
c-pj.texi \
c-sh.texi \
c-sparc.texi \
c-tic54x.texi \
c-vax.texi \
c-v850.texi \
c-z8k.texi
CPU_DOCS = c-a29k.texi c-arc.texi c-arm.texi c-d10v.texi c-h8300.texi c-h8500.texi c-hppa.texi c-i370.texi c-i386.texi c-i860.texi c-i960.texi c-m32r.texi c-m68hc11.texi c-m68k.texi c-mips.texi c-ns32k.texi c-pdp11.texi c-pj.texi c-sh.texi c-sparc.texi c-tic54x.texi c-vax.texi c-v850.texi c-z8k.texi
# This one isn't ready for prime time yet. Not even a little bit.
@ -176,7 +159,7 @@ DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
TAR = tar
TAR = gtar
GZIP_ENV = --best
all: all-redirect
.SUFFIXES:
@ -357,7 +340,7 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
cp -pr $$/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
@ -448,6 +431,19 @@ gasver.texi: Makefile
as.info: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi gasver.texi $(CPU_DOCS)
as.dvi: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi gasver.texi $(CPU_DOCS)
# Maintenance
# Build the man page from the texinfo file
# The sed command removes the no-adjust Nroff command so that
# the man output looks standard.
$(srcdir)/as.1: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo
touch $(srcdir)/as.1
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) < $(srcdir)/as.texinfo > as.pod
-($(POD2MAN) as.pod | \
sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ $(srcdir)/as.1) || \
(rm -f $(srcdir)/as.1.T$$$$ && exit 1)
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -19,6 +19,38 @@
@include asconfig.texi
@include gasver.texi
@c ---
@c man begin NAME
@ifset man
@c Configure for the generation of man pages
@set AS as
@set TARGET TARGET
@set GENERIC
@set A29K
@set ARC
@set ARM
@set D10V
@set D30V
@set H8/300
@set H8/500
@set HPPA
@set I370
@set I80386
@set I860
@set I960
@set M32R
@set M68HC11
@set M680X0
@set MCORE
@set MIPS
@set PDP11
@set PJ
@set SH
@set SPARC
@set C54X
@set V850
@set VAX
@end ifset
@c man end
@c common OR combinations of conditions
@ifset AOUT
@set aout-bout
@ -88,14 +120,17 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@ifinfo
This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
@c man begin COPYRIGHT
Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
@c man end
@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
@ -197,11 +232,19 @@ code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
@pxref{Invoking,,Comand-Line Options}.
@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
@c man begin SEEALSO
gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
@c man end
@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
@c to be limited to one line for the header.
@smallexample
@c man begin SYNOPSIS
@value{AS} [ -a[cdhlns][=file] ] [ -D ] [ --defsym @var{sym}=@var{val} ]
[ -f ] [ --gstabs ] [ --gdwarf2 ] [ --help ] [ -I @var{dir} ] [ -J ] [ -K ] [ -L ]
[ -f ] [ --gstabs ] [ --gdwarf2 ] [ --help ] [ -I @var{dir} ]
[ -J ] [ -K ] [ -L ]
[ --listing--lhs-width=NUM ][ --listing-lhs-width2=NUM ]
[ --listing-rhs-width=NUM ][ --listing-cont-lines=NUM ]
[ --keep-locals ] [ -o @var{objfile} ] [ -R ] [ --statistics ] [ -v ]
@ -215,20 +258,22 @@ Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
[ -EB | -EL ]
@end ifset
@ifset ARM
[ -m[arm]1 | -m[arm]2 | -m[arm]250 | -m[arm]3 | -m[arm]6 | -m[arm]60 |
-m[arm]600 | -m[arm]610 | -m[arm]620 | -m[arm]7[t][[d]m[i]][fe] | -m[arm]70 |
-m[arm]700 | -m[arm]710[c] | -m[arm]7100 | -m[arm]7500 | -m[arm]8 |
-m[arm]810 | -m[arm]9 | -m[arm]920 | -m[arm]920t | -m[arm]9tdmi |
[ -m[arm]1 | -m[arm]2 | -m[arm]250 | -m[arm]3 |
-m[arm]6 | -m[arm]60 | -m[arm]600 | -m[arm]610 |
-m[arm]620 | -m[arm]7[t][[d]m[i]][fe] | -m[arm]70 |
-m[arm]700 | -m[arm]710[c] | -m[arm]7100 |
-m[arm]7500 | -m[arm]8 | -m[arm]810 | -m[arm]9 |
-m[arm]920 | -m[arm]920t | -m[arm]9tdmi |
-mstrongarm | -mstrongarm110 | -mstrongarm1100 ]
[ -m[arm]v2 | -m[arm]v2a | -m[arm]v3 | -m[arm]v3m | -m[arm]v4 | -m[arm]v4t |
-m[arm]v5 | -[arm]v5t | -[arm]v5te ]
[ -m[arm]v2 | -m[arm]v2a | -m[arm]v3 | -m[arm]v3m |
-m[arm]v4 | -m[arm]v4t | -m[arm]v5 | -[arm]v5t |
-[arm]v5te ]
[ -mthumb | -mall ]
[ -mfpa10 | -mfpa11 | -mfpe-old | -mno-fpu ]
[ -EB | -EL ]
[ -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant ]
[ -mthumb-interwork ]
[ -moabi ]
[ -k ]
[ -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float |
-mapcs-reentrant ]
[ -mthumb-interwork ] [ -moabi ] [ -k ]
@end ifset
@ifset D10V
[ -O ]
@ -249,7 +294,8 @@ Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
[ -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
-Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a ]
[ -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa ] [ -bump ] [ -32 | -64 ]
[ -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa ] [ -bump ]
[ -32 | -64 ]
@end ifset
@ifset TIC54X
[ -mcpu=54[123589] | -mcpu=54[56]lp ] [ -mfar-mode | -mf ]
@ -260,11 +306,13 @@ Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
@end ifset
@ifset I960
@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
[ -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC ]
[ -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB |
-AKC | -AMC ]
[ -b ] [ -no-relax ]
@end ifset
@ifset M32R
[ --m32rx | --[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts | --W[n]p ]
[ --m32rx | --[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts |
--W[n]p ]
@end ifset
@ifset M680X0
[ -l ] [ -m68000 | -m68010 | -m68020 | ... ]
@ -275,8 +323,9 @@ Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
@end ifset
@ifset M68HC11
[ -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 ]
[ --force-long-branchs ] [ --short-branchs ] [ --strict-direct-mode ]
[ --print-insn-syntax ] [ --print-opcodes ] [ --generate-example ]
[ --force-long-branchs ] [ --short-branchs ]
[ --strict-direct-mode ] [ --print-insn-syntax ]
[ --print-opcodes ] [ --generate-example ]
@end ifset
@ifset MIPS
[ -nocpp ] [ -EL ] [ -EB ] [ -G @var{num} ] [ -mcpu=@var{CPU} ]
@ -287,8 +336,11 @@ Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
[ --emulation=@var{name} ]
@end ifset
[ -- | @var{files} @dots{} ]
@c man end
@end smallexample
@c man begin OPTIONS
@table @code
@item -a[cdhlmns]
Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
@ -546,8 +598,9 @@ Motorola 68000 series.
@item -l
Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030 | -m68040 | -m68060
@itemx | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332 | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
@ -810,6 +863,8 @@ Assemble for a little endian target.
@end table
@end ifset
@c man end
@menu
* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
@ -895,6 +950,8 @@ computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
@node GNU Assembler
@section The GNU Assembler
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
@sc{gnu} @code{as} is really a family of assemblers.
@ifclear GENERIC
This manual describes @code{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
@ -923,6 +980,8 @@ assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
@end ifset
@c man end
Unlike older assemblers, @code{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
@ -960,6 +1019,7 @@ SOM or ELF format object files.
@section Command Line
@cindex command line conventions
After the program name @code{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
@ -1003,6 +1063,7 @@ doesn't change the meaning of the source.
The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
order specified.
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
Each time you run @code{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
(The standard input is also a file.)
@ -1023,6 +1084,8 @@ in your command line.
If the source is empty, @code{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
file.
@c man end
@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
@cindex input file linenumbers
@ -1080,6 +1143,8 @@ information for the debugger.
@node Errors
@section Error and Warning Messages
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
@cindex error messages
@cindex warning messages
@cindex messages from assembler
@ -1089,6 +1154,8 @@ runs @code{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
that @code{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
grave problem that stops the assembly.
@c man end
@cindex format of warning messages
Warning messages have the format
@ -1139,6 +1206,8 @@ to the @value{TARGET}.
to particular machine architectures.
@end ifset
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
If you are invoking @code{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler (version 2),
you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
@ -1159,6 +1228,8 @@ command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
assembler.)
@c man end
@menu
* a:: -a[cdhlns] enable listings
* D:: -D for compatibility

View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#
# Some generic MIPS tests
#
if [istarget mips*-*-*] then {
if { [istarget mips*-*-*] } then {
set no_mips16 0
set svr4pic [expr [istarget *-*-elf*] || [istarget *-*-irix5*] || [istarget *-*-irix6* ] || [istarget *-*-linux*] ]
set empic [expr [istarget *-*-ecoff*] || [istarget *-*-ultrix*] || [istarget *-*-irix\[1-4\]*] ]

View File

@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
2001-03-25 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr>
* ld.texinfo: Put @c man indications to generate the ld man page.
When generating man, define all the variables. Define SEEALSO
and SYNOPSIS. Re-organize some lines to avoid the cross references.
* Makefile.am (MANCONF, TEXI2POD, POD2MAN): New variables.
(ld.1): Generate from ld.texinfo.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
2001-03-23 Mark Elbrecht <snowball3@bigfoot.com>
* scripttempl/i386go32.sc: Support the GCC flags '-ffunction-sections'

View File

@ -41,6 +41,13 @@ MKDEP = gcc -MM
# What version of the manual to build
DOCVER = gen
# Options to extract the man page from ld.texinfo
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(BASEDIR)/etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
#stuff for self hosting (can be overridden in config file).
HOSTING_CRT0 = @HOSTING_CRT0@
HOSTING_LIBS = @HOSTING_LIBS@
@ -900,6 +907,17 @@ ld.dvi: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi ldver.texi
TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/../texinfo:$$TEXINPUTS \
MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir) -I $(BFDDIR)/doc" $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
# Build the man page from the texinfo file
# The sed command removes the no-adjust Nroff command so that
# the man output looks standard.
$(srcdir)/ld.1: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
touch $(srcdir)/ld.1
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) < $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo > ld.pod
-($(POD2MAN) ld.pod | \
sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ $(srcdir)/ld.1) || \
(rm -f $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ && exit 1)
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ldver.texi
# We want to reconfigure if configure.host or configure.tgt changes.

View File

@ -145,55 +145,32 @@ MKDEP = gcc -MM
# What version of the manual to build
DOCVER = gen
# Options to extract the man page from ld.texinfo
MANCONF = -Dman
TEXI2POD = perl $(BASEDIR)/etc/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
#stuff for self hosting (can be overridden in config file).
HOSTING_CRT0 = @HOSTING_CRT0@
HOSTING_LIBS = @HOSTING_LIBS@
HOSTING_EMU = -m $(EMUL)
# Setup the testing framework, if you have one
EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; \
then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \
else echo expect ; fi`
EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; else echo expect ; fi`
RUNTEST = `if [ -f $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; \
then echo $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \
else echo runtest ; fi`
RUNTEST = `if [ -f $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then echo $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ; else echo runtest ; fi`
RUNTESTFLAGS =
CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
else \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
fi; \
else \
if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
echo $(CC); \
else \
echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; \
fi; \
fi`
CC_FOR_TARGET = ` if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; else echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; fi; else if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then echo $(CC); else echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; fi; fi`
CXX = gcc
CXX_FOR_TARGET = ` \
if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
else \
echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
fi; \
else \
if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
echo $(CXX); \
else \
echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; \
fi; \
fi`
CXX_FOR_TARGET = ` if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; else echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; fi; else if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then echo $(CXX); else echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; fi; fi`
noinst_PROGRAMS = ld-new
@ -206,182 +183,25 @@ INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR) -I$(to
BFDLIB = ../bfd/libbfd.la
LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a
ALL_EMULATIONS = \
ea29k.o \
eaixppc.o \
eaixrs6.o \
ealpha.o \
earcelf.o \
earm_epoc_pe.o \
earmaoutb.o \
earmaoutl.o \
earmcoff.o \
earmelf.o \
earmelf_linux.o \
earmelf_oabi.o \
earmnbsd.o \
earmpe.o \
eavr1200.o \
eavr23xx.o \
eavr4433.o \
eavr44x4.o \
eavr85xx.o \
eavrmega103.o \
eavrmega161.o \
eavrmega603.o \
ecoff_sparc.o \
ecrisaout.o \
ecriself.o \
ecrislinux.o \
ed10velf.o \
ed30v_e.o \
ed30v_o.o \
ed30velf.o \
edelta68.o \
eebmon29k.o \
eelf32_i960.o \
eelf32_i860.o \
eelf32_sparc.o \
eelf32b4300.o \
eelf32bmip.o \
eelf32bmipn32.o \
eelf32btsmip.o \
eelf32ebmip.o \
eelf32elmip.o \
eelf32fr30.o \
eelf32i370.o \
eelf32l4300.o \
eelf32lmip.o \
eelf32lppc.o \
eelf32lppcsim.o \
eelf32mcore.o \
eelf32ppc.o \
eelf32ppclinux.o \
eelf32ppcsim.o \
eelf_i386.o \
eelf_i386_be.o \
eelf_i386_chaos.o \
eelf_s390.o \
egld960.o \
egld960coff.o \
eh8300.o \
eh8300h.o \
eh8300s.o \
eh8500.o \
eh8500b.o \
eh8500c.o \
eh8500m.o \
eh8500s.o \
ehp300bsd.o \
ehp3hpux.o \
ehppaelf.o \
ehppalinux.o \
ei386aout.o \
ei386beos.o \
ei386bsd.o \
ei386coff.o \
ei386go32.o \
ei386linux.o \
ei386lynx.o \
ei386mach.o \
ei386moss.o \
ei386msdos.o \
ei386nbsd.o \
ei386nw.o \
ei386pe.o \
ei386pe_posix.o \
elnk960.o \
em68hc11elf.o \
em68hc11elfb.o \
em68hc12elf.o \
em68hc12elfb.o \
em68k4knbsd.o \
em68kaout.o \
em68kaux.o \
em68kcoff.o \
em68kelf.o \
em68klinux.o \
em68klynx.o \
em68knbsd.o \
em68kpsos.o \
em88kbcs.o \
emcorepe.o \
emipsbig.o \
emipsbsd.o \
emipsidt.o \
emipsidtl.o \
emipslit.o \
emipslnews.o \
emipspe.o \
enews.o \
ens32knbsd.o \
epc532macha.o \
epdp11.o \
epjelf.o \
epjlelf.o \
eppcmacos.o \
eppcnw.o \
eppcpe.o \
eriscix.o \
esa29200.o \
esh.o \
eshelf.o \
eshelf_linux.o \
eshlelf_linux.o \
eshl.o \
eshlelf.o \
eshpe.o \
esparcaout.o \
esparclinux.o \
esparclynx.o \
esparcnbsd.o \
est2000.o \
esun3.o \
esun4.o \
etic30aout.o \
etic30coff.o \
etic54xcoff.o \
etic80coff.o \
evanilla.o \
evax.o \
evsta.o \
ew65.o \
ez8001.o \
ez8002.o
ALL_EMULATIONS = ea29k.o eaixppc.o eaixrs6.o ealpha.o earcelf.o earm_epoc_pe.o earmaoutb.o earmaoutl.o earmcoff.o earmelf.o earmelf_linux.o earmelf_oabi.o earmnbsd.o earmpe.o eavr1200.o eavr23xx.o eavr4433.o eavr44x4.o eavr85xx.o eavrmega103.o eavrmega161.o eavrmega603.o ecoff_sparc.o ecrisaout.o ecriself.o ecrislinux.o ed10velf.o ed30v_e.o ed30v_o.o ed30velf.o edelta68.o eebmon29k.o eelf32_i960.o eelf32_i860.o eelf32_sparc.o eelf32b4300.o eelf32bmip.o eelf32bmipn32.o eelf32btsmip.o eelf32ebmip.o eelf32elmip.o eelf32fr30.o eelf32i370.o eelf32l4300.o eelf32lmip.o eelf32lppc.o eelf32lppcsim.o eelf32mcore.o eelf32ppc.o eelf32ppclinux.o eelf32ppcsim.o eelf_i386.o eelf_i386_be.o eelf_i386_chaos.o eelf_s390.o egld960.o egld960coff.o eh8300.o eh8300h.o eh8300s.o eh8500.o eh8500b.o eh8500c.o eh8500m.o eh8500s.o ehp300bsd.o ehp3hpux.o ehppaelf.o ehppalinux.o ei386aout.o ei386beos.o ei386bsd.o ei386coff.o ei386go32.o ei386linux.o ei386lynx.o ei386mach.o ei386moss.o ei386msdos.o ei386nbsd.o ei386nw.o ei386pe.o ei386pe_posix.o elnk960.o em68hc11elf.o em68hc11elfb.o em68hc12elf.o em68hc12elfb.o em68k4knbsd.o em68kaout.o em68kaux.o em68kcoff.o em68kelf.o em68klinux.o em68klynx.o em68knbsd.o em68kpsos.o em88kbcs.o emcorepe.o emipsbig.o emipsbsd.o emipsidt.o emipsidtl.o emipslit.o emipslnews.o emipspe.o enews.o ens32knbsd.o epc532macha.o epdp11.o epjelf.o epjlelf.o eppcmacos.o eppcnw.o eppcpe.o eriscix.o esa29200.o esh.o eshelf.o eshelf_linux.o eshlelf_linux.o eshl.o eshlelf.o eshpe.o esparcaout.o esparclinux.o esparclynx.o esparcnbsd.o est2000.o esun3.o esun4.o etic30aout.o etic30coff.o etic54xcoff.o etic80coff.o evanilla.o evax.o evsta.o ew65.o ez8001.o ez8002.o
ALL_64_EMULATIONS = \
eelf64_aix.o \
eelf64_ia64.o \
eelf_x86_64.o \
eelf64_s390.o \
eelf64_sparc.o \
eelf64alpha.o \
eelf64bmip.o \
eelf64hppa.o
ALL_64_EMULATIONS = eelf64_aix.o eelf64_ia64.o eelf_x86_64.o eelf64_s390.o eelf64_sparc.o eelf64alpha.o eelf64bmip.o eelf64hppa.o
ALL_EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES = \
deffilep.o \
pe-dll.o
ALL_EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES = deffilep.o pe-dll.o
CFILES = ldctor.c ldemul.c ldexp.c ldfile.c ldlang.c \
ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldver.c ldwrite.c lexsup.c \
mri.c ldcref.c pe-dll.c
CFILES = ldctor.c ldemul.c ldexp.c ldfile.c ldlang.c ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldver.c ldwrite.c lexsup.c mri.c ldcref.c pe-dll.c
HFILES = ld.h ldctor.h ldemul.h ldexp.h ldfile.h \
ldlang.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldver.h \
ldwrite.h mri.h deffile.h pe-dll.h
HFILES = ld.h ldctor.h ldemul.h ldexp.h ldfile.h ldlang.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldver.h ldwrite.h mri.h deffile.h pe-dll.h
GENERATED_CFILES = ldgram.c ldlex.c deffilep.c
GENERATED_HFILES = ldgram.h ldemul-list.h deffilep.h
OFILES = ldgram.o ldlex.o lexsup.o ldlang.o mri.o ldctor.o ldmain.o \
ldwrite.o ldexp.o ldemul.o ldver.o ldmisc.o \
ldfile.o ldcref.o ${EMULATION_OFILES} ${EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES}
OFILES = ldgram.o ldlex.o lexsup.o ldlang.o mri.o ldctor.o ldmain.o ldwrite.o ldexp.o ldemul.o ldver.o ldmisc.o ldfile.o ldcref.o ${EMULATION_OFILES} ${EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES}
STAGESTUFF = *.o ldscripts/* e*.c
@ -400,8 +220,7 @@ GEN_DEPENDS = $(srcdir)/genscripts.sh stringify.sed
# We need this for automake to use YLWRAP.
EXTRA_ld_new_SOURCES = deffilep.y
ld_new_SOURCES = ldgram.y ldlex.l lexsup.c ldlang.c mri.c ldctor.c ldmain.c \
ldwrite.c ldexp.c ldemul.c ldver.c ldmisc.c ldfile.c ldcref.c
ld_new_SOURCES = ldgram.y ldlex.l lexsup.c ldlang.c mri.c ldctor.c ldmain.c ldwrite.c ldexp.c ldemul.c ldver.c ldmisc.c ldfile.c ldcref.c
ld_new_DEPENDENCIES = $(EMULATION_OFILES) $(EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(INTLDEPS)
ld_new_LDADD = $(EMULATION_OFILES) $(EMUL_EXTRA_OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(INTLLIBS)
@ -411,8 +230,7 @@ TESTBFDLIB = @TESTBFDLIB@
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ldver.texi
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(STAGESTUFF) ld1$(EXEEXT) ld2$(EXEEXT) ld3$(EXEEXT) \
ldemul-list.h crtbegin.o crtend.o ld.log ld.sum
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(STAGESTUFF) ld1$(EXEEXT) ld2$(EXEEXT) ld3$(EXEEXT) ldemul-list.h crtbegin.o crtend.o ld.log ld.sum
CLEANFILES = dep.sed DEP DEPA DEP1 DEP2
@ -854,7 +672,7 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
cp -pr $$/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
@ -1603,6 +1421,17 @@ ld.dvi: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi ldver.texi
TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/../texinfo:$$TEXINPUTS \
MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir) -I $(BFDDIR)/doc" $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
# Build the man page from the texinfo file
# The sed command removes the no-adjust Nroff command so that
# the man output looks standard.
$(srcdir)/ld.1: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
touch $(srcdir)/ld.1
-$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) < $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo > ld.pod
-($(POD2MAN) ld.pod | \
sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ && \
mv -f $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ $(srcdir)/ld.1) || \
(rm -f $(srcdir)/ld.1.T$$$$ && exit 1)
# We want to reconfigure if configure.host or configure.tgt changes.
config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/configure.host $(srcdir)/configure.tgt
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck

3052
ld/ld.1

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -9,6 +9,38 @@
@c @smallbook
@c man begin NAME
@ifset man
@c Configure for the generation of man pages
@set UsesEnvVars
@set GENERIC
@set A29K
@set ARC
@set ARM
@set D10V
@set D30V
@set H8/300
@set H8/500
@set HPPA
@set I370
@set I80386
@set I860
@set I960
@set M32R
@set M68HC11
@set M680X0
@set MCORE
@set MIPS
@set PDP11
@set PJ
@set SH
@set SPARC
@set C54X
@set V850
@set VAX
@end ifset
@c man end
@ifinfo
@format
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@ -63,14 +95,16 @@ notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
@end tex
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@c man begin COPYRIGHT
Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
@c man end
@end titlepage
@end iftex
@ -123,6 +157,21 @@ section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
@cindex @sc{gnu} linker
@cindex what is this?
@ifsef man
@c man begin SYNOPSIS
ld [ options ] objfile...
@c man end
@c man begin SEEALSO
ar(1), nm(1), objcopy(1), objdump(1), readelf(1) and
the Info entries for @file{binutils} and
@file{ld}.
@c man end
@end ifset
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
@code{ld} combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in
compiling a program is to run @code{ld}.
@ -131,6 +180,14 @@ compiling a program is to run @code{ld}.
a superset of AT&T's Link Editor Command Language syntax,
to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
@ifset man
@c For the man only
This man page does not describe the command language; see the
@code{ld} entry in @code{info}, or the manual
ld: the GNU linker, for full details on the command language and
on other aspects of the GNU linker.
@end ifset
@ifclear SingleFormat
This version of @code{ld} uses the general purpose BFD libraries
to operate on object files. This allows @code{ld} to read, combine, and
@ -145,13 +202,19 @@ execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
@code{ld} continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
@c man end
@node Invocation
@chapter Invocation
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers. As a result,
you have many choices to control its behavior.
@c man end
@ifset UsesEnvVars
@menu
* Options:: Command Line Options
@ -164,6 +227,9 @@ you have many choices to control its behavior.
@cindex command line
@cindex options
@c man begin OPTIONS
The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
practice few of them are used in any particular context.
@cindex standard Unix system
@ -309,7 +375,10 @@ The default format is taken from the environment variable
@xref{Environment}.
@end ifset
You can also define the input format from a script, using the command
@code{TARGET}; see @ref{Format Commands}.
@code{TARGET};
@ifclear man
see @ref{Format Commands}.
@end ifclear
@end ifclear
@kindex -c @var{MRI-cmdfile}
@ -319,7 +388,13 @@ You can also define the input format from a script, using the command
@itemx --mri-script=@var{MRI-commandfile}
For compatibility with linkers produced by MRI, @code{ld} accepts script
files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in
@ref{MRI,,MRI Compatible Script Files}. Introduce MRI script files with
@ifclear man
@ref{MRI,,MRI Compatible Script Files}.
@end ifclear
@ifset man
the MRI Compatible Script Files section of GNU ld documentation.
@end ifset
Introduce MRI script files with
the option @samp{-c}; use the @samp{-T} option to run linker
scripts written in the general-purpose @code{ld} scripting language.
If @var{MRI-cmdfile} does not exist, @code{ld} looks for it in the directories
@ -1443,8 +1518,12 @@ those options are only available for ELF systems.
@end table
@c man end
@subsection Options specific to i386 PE targets
@c man begin OPTIONS
The i386 PE linker supports the @code{-shared} option, which causes
the output to be a dynamically linked library (DLL) instead of a
normal executable. You should name the output @code{*.dll} when you
@ -1600,10 +1679,14 @@ subsystem version also.
@end table
@c man end
@ifset UsesEnvVars
@node Environment
@section Environment Variables
@c man begin ENVIRONMENT
You can change the behavior of @code{ld} with the environment variables
@code{GNUTARGET}, @code{LDEMULATION}, and @code{COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE}.
@ -1631,7 +1714,6 @@ available emulations with the @samp{--verbose} or @samp{-V} options. If
the @samp{-m} option is not used, and the @code{LDEMULATION} environment
variable is not defined, the default emulation depends upon how the
linker was configured.
@end ifset
@kindex COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE
@cindex demangling, default
@ -1642,6 +1724,9 @@ a similar fashion by the @code{gcc} linker wrapper program. The default
may be overridden by the @samp{--demangle} and @samp{--no-demangle}
options.
@c man end
@end ifset
@node Scripts
@chapter Linker Scripts